Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

cause to rest

  • 1 καταπαύω

    καταπαύω fut. καταπαύσω (LXX; JosAs cod. A) and καταπαύσομαι (B 15:5); 1 aor. κατέπαυσα (s. prec. entry; Hom.+; LXX; En 106:18; TestJob, Test12Patr; JosAs 28:5 cod. A; ApcMos, Philo, Joseph.; Anz 294f).
    ① to cause to cease, stop, bring to an end τὶ someth. (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 5; Jos., Vi. 422) τὸν διωγμόν MPol 1:1. τ. προσευχήν 8:1; AcPl Ha 10, 24 (cp. Aa I 115, 15 cod. A).
    ② to cause persons to be at rest, cause to rest
    ⓐ by bringing to a place of rest (Ex 33:14; Dt 3:20; Josh 1:13; Sir 24:11) Hb 4:8.
    ⓑ by causing to give up someth. they have begun to do with the result that they are quiet restrain, dissuade someone fr. someth. (cp. TestJob 14:5 τῆς ὀλιγωρίας; Jos., Ant. 3, 14 κ. τῆς ὀργῆς) κατέπαυσαν τ. ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς Ac 14:18 (on the constr. s. B-D-F §400, 4; Rob. 1094; 1102).
    ⓒ by simply causing rest τὶ someth. τὰ πάντα B 15:8.
    ③ to cease some activity, stop, rest, intr.(Eur., Hec. 918; comic poet in Diod S 12, 14, 1 εὐημερῶν κατάπαυσον; Gen 2:2; Ex 31:18; TestJob 33:2; ApcMos 43) of God κατέπαυσεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρα τῇ ἑβδόμῃ he rested on the seventh day B 15:3, 5 (both Gen 2:2). κ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ from his work Hb 4:4, 10 (also Gen 2:2; cp. TestSim 6:4 γῇ ἀπὸ ταραχῆς). Mid. and pass. (B-D-F §309, 2; Aristoph. et al.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 132 §548; Ex 16:13; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 18) B 15:5, 7; GJs 25:1 v.l. (for παύσηται; s. παύω).—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καταπαύω

  • 2 ἀναπαύω

    ἀναπαύω fut. ἀναπαύσω; 1 aor. ἀνέπαυσα, impv. ἀνάπαυσον. Mid.: fut. ἀναπαύσομαι; aor. ἀνεπαυσάμην ParJer; ApcMos 9; pf. mid. and pass. ἀναπέπαυμαι; 1 aor. pass. ἀνεπαύθην, 1 pl. ἀνεπαύθημεν La 5:5; aor. pass. inf. (Schwyzer I 808) ἀναπαῆναι Hs 9, 5, 1f (v.l. ἀναπαυθῆναι); 2 fut. pass. ἀναπαήσομαι Rv 14:13 (-παύσωνται v.l.; s. W-S. §13, 9; B-D-F §78) (s. παύω; Hom. et al., ins, pap, LXX; En 23:2; TestSol, TestAbr; Test12Patr; JosAs 10:8 cod. A [p. 51, 17 Bat.]; Philo).
    ① to cause someone to gain relief from toil, trans. (mid.: ApcEsdr 1:12 p. 25, 5) cause to rest, give (someone) rest, refresh, revive w. acc. (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 4; Appian, Mithrid. 45 §176; Arrian, Anab. 3, 7, 6 τὸν στρατόν; 1 Ch 22:18; Pr 29:17; Sir 3:6; Jos., Ant. 3, 61) κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς and I will give you rest Mt 11:28. ἀνέπαυσεν αὐτήν (Anna) let her (Mary) rest GJs 6:3 (ἀπέπαυσεν pap). ἀ. τὸ πνεῦμα 1 Cor 16:18. τὴν ψυχήν set at rest Hs 9, 5, 4. ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα refresh, cheer my heart Phlm 20 (s. Nägeli 64f). κατὰ πάντα in every way IEph 2:1; Mg 15; Tr 12:1; Sm 9:2; 10:1; 12:1. Abs. IRo 10:2. ἀναπαύσασα τήν κάλπιν when she had set the pitcher down GJs 11:1.—Pass. (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 2 [Stone p. 12]) ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ his spirit has been set at rest 2 Cor 7:13. τὰ σπλάγχνα ἀναπέπαυται (their) hearts have been refreshed Phlm 7.—μετὰ το ἀναπαῆναι GJs 2:4.
    ② to bring someth. to a conclusion, end, conclude, finish, trans. ἀναπαύσαντος τὴν προσευχήν when (Paul) finished his prayer AcPl Ha 4, 31.
    ③ to take one’s rest, rest mid. (also act. TestAbr B) (Cornutus 32 p. 69, 17; Artem. 1, 8 p. 14, 7; Plotinus, Enn. 6, 9, 9 ἀναπαύεται ψυχή; Julian, Letters 97, 382d; Herm. Wr. V 5 [408, 27 Sc.]; Ex 23:12; Is 14:30; 57:20; Esth 9:17f; TestSol; TestAbr A 5 p. 81, 34 [Stone p. 10]; B 5, p. 109, 18 [Stone p. 66] al.; TestJob; JosAs cod. A [p. 51, 17 Bat.]; Philo; Jos., Vi. 249).
    ⓐ of persons who are drowsy ἀναπαύεσθε Mt 26:45; Mk 14:41 (s. λοιπός 3aα); who have just eaten B 10:11; who are tired Mk 6:31; Hs 9, 5, 1f; GJs 4:4. ἀ. ἐκ τῶν κόπων rest from their labors Rv 14:13 (cp. Pla., Critias 106a ἐκ μακρᾶς ἀναπεπαυμένος ὁδοῦ; Arrian, Anab. 3, 9, 1 ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ; Jos., Ant. 3, 91 ἀ. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔργου). Take life easy Lk 12:19; 16:23 D al.—ἀ. χρόνον μικρόν remain quiet (i.e. wait) for a short time (Da 12:13) Rv 6:11. τὴν μίαν ἡμέραν GJs 15:1.—Of sheep Hs 9, 1, 9.
    ⓑ fig., abs. as goal of gnosticism Ox 654 (=ASyn 187, 20/GTh 2), 8f: [ἀναπα]ήσεται; cp. GHb 187, 17 (cp. Wsd 4:7; TestAbr B 7, p. 111, 20 [Stone p. 70] and 9 p. 114, 2 [Stone p. 76]).
    ④ to settle on an object, mid. w. prep. rest upon in imagery (Is 11:2 ἀναπαύσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα τ. θεοῦ) τὸ τ. θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 Pt 4:14; cp. Hs 2:5 Joly (s. ἐπαναπαύομαι).—Of God ἅγιος ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόμενος holy, abiding among the holy 1 Cl 59:3 (Is 57:15). Lit. s. ἀνάπαυσις.—M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀναπαύω

  • 3 ἐπιστηρίζω

    + V 1-7-1-5-1=15 Gn 28,13; JgsA 16,26(bis).29(bis) A: to cause to rest on Ps 37(38),2
    P: to be supported, to be established Jgs 16,26
    *Ps 31(32),8 ἐπιστηριῶ I will cause to rest, I will fix-אעצה עצה for MT איעצה יעץ I will counsel, cpr. Prv 16,30
    Cf. HARL 1986a, 223; →TWNT

    Lust (λαγνεία) > ἐπιστηρίζω

  • 4 προσαναπαύω

    II [voice] Med. or [voice] Pass., sleep beside,

    τῇ γυναικί Nicostr.

     ap. Stob. 4.23.65.
    2 rest by leaning upon,

    δένδροις Str.16.4.10

    ;

    τοῖς θυρεοῖς Plu.Sull.28

    ; rest upon, Sor.1.7, 100; of a shipwrecked sailor, cling to a plank, Favorin.in PVat.11.23.36.
    3 of words in a sentence, to be otiose, D.H.Dem.40.
    4 rely on, τεχνίῳ, τέχνῃ, M.Ant.4.31, S.E.M.11.178; τινι J.AJ6.14.3, Marcellin.Puls. 227.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προσαναπαύω

  • 5 κοιτάζω

    V 3-0-3-3-0=9 Lv 15,20; Dt 6,7; 11,19; Jer 40(33),12; Zph 2,14
    A: to provide a fold for, to fold (sheep) [τινα] Jer 40(33),12; to cause to lie down, to cause to rest [τινα] Ct 1,7
    M/P: to lie (down) (for sleeping) Dt 6,7; to lie (down) on sth [ἐπί τι] Lv 15,20 Cf. DOGNIEZ 1992, 155

    Lust (λαγνεία) > κοιτάζω

  • 6 κοιτάζω

    A put to bed, Hsch.; esp. of cattle, fold,

    ποιμένων κοιταζόντων πρόβατα LXX Je.40(33).12

    ; cause to rest, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις, ποῦ -άζεις ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ; ib.Ca.1.7.
    2 [voice] Med., [dialect] Dor. [tense] aor. ἐκοιταξάμην, go to bed, sleep,

    ἀνὰ βωμῷ θεᾶς κοιτάξατο νύκτα Pi.O.13.76

    , cf. LXX De.6.7.
    b encamp, bivouac, Aen. Tact.10.26 ([voice] Pass.), Plb.10.15.9, POxy.1465.9(i B.C.); perh. to be read in Eup.341.
    II intr., in [voice] Act., have a lair, of a lion, Aesop.114: nest, of birds, BGU1252.11 (ii B.C.).
    III parcelout lands (cf. κοίτη v), ib.619.4 (ii A.D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κοιτάζω

  • 7 ἐπιστηρίζω

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπιστηρίζω

  • 8 παρά

    πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.
    A beside: hence,
    A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:
    I of Place,

    πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744

    ;

    παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225

    , etc.;

    παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197

    ;

    πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533

    , etc.;

    δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194

    ;

    φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190

    , cf. 21.173;

    σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473

    ; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.
    II commonly of Persons,
    1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,

    ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787

    ;

    παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70

    , etc.;

    ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140

    .

    ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13

    ;

    ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117

    ; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so

    οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10

    , Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;

    ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5

    , etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;

    ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20

    ;

    σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2

    .
    2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;

    παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3

    ; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.
    3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,

    τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290

    , 15.158;

    πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452

    ;

    ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76

    ;

    εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14

    , cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;

    ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d

    ;

    κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e

    : without Verb,

    ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27

    : with Verbs of learning, etc.,

    μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104

    , etc.
    4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,

    πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122

    ;

    π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c

    , etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;

    με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e

    .
    III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,

    πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62

    , 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);

    τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5

    ; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.
    IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).
    B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?
    I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;

    νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408

    ;

    ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565

    ; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;

    π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773

    ;

    δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97

    , cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;

    κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972

    ; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.
    2 at one's house or place, with one,

    μένειν π. τισί 9.427

    ;

    θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490

    ;

    φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627

    ; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;

    παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15

    ;

    καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82

     (but

    παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136

    ), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ;

    ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ; also, in one's hands,

    τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6

    ;

    ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130

    , etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.
    3 before, in the presence of,

    ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154

    ; before a judge,

    δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9

    ;

    π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160

    ;

    π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65

    ;

    παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73

    ;

    εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13

    : hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.
    4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.
    III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,

    καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9

     (Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).
    C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,
    I beside, near, by,
    II along,
    III past, beyond.
    I beside, near, by:
    1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,

    ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347

    , cf. 8.220, etc.;

    βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34

    , cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;

    ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51

    , etc.;

    φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d

    ; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;

    ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86

    ;

    καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17

    .
    2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as

    ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406

    , cf. 11.577),

    ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51

    , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;

    π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122

    ;

    καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28

    ; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;

    ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b

    , cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;

    παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;

    ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a

    , cf. R. 328c;

    στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c

    ;

    τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313

    , cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;

    τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90

    ;

    κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87

    ;

    τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140

    .ά (v.l. ἐμοί)

    ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18

    , cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;

    ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99

    , cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);

    Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52

    ;

    τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3

    , cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112;

    τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42

     (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.
    b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);

    τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18

     (Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;

    πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5

     (Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.
    3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,

    βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480

    , etc.;

    τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146

    ;

    τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117

    , cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.;

    αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293

    , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.
    4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,

    ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e

    , cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a;

    ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265

    ;

    ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24

    .
    b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;

    π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a

    ; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,
    c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.

    παραβάλλω A.

     VII. 2);

    μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33

    ; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).
    5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.
    6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.
    b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;

    σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24

     B.
    7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,

    δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160

    , cf. 7.20, 103;

    ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23

    , cf. 4.6;

    τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41

    ;

    π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14

    ;

    φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a

    , cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;

    εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332

     ([place name] Halae);

    προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34

     (iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)

    πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5

    .
    8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35

    ; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;

    παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11

    ; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466;

    παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569

    ;

    οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6

    ; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.
    b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).
    9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);

    πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643

    ; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);

    ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28

    ; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.
    10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;

    ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31

    ; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;

    π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b

    ; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;

    π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10

    .
    b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;

    ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18

    ; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;

    π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14

     ([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26

    ;

    ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a

    .
    c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).
    d throughout a period of time,

    π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46

    ;

    π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a

    ;

    π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10

    ; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.

    δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156

    ;

    π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24

    ; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.
    II along,

    ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558

    ;

    βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352

    ;

    π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21

    ;

    ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193

    ;

    π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148

    ; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;

    παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3

    ; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.
    2 strictly according to, without deviating from,

    εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945

    , cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.
    III past, beyond,

    παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145

    , cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;

    βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425

    ; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.
    2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,

    οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698

    ;

    π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a

    , cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;

    ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e

    .
    3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;

    π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38

    .
    4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,

    π. μοῖραν Od.14.509

    ;

    π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10

    ; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;

    π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90

    , etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;

    π. φύσιν Th.6.17

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;

    π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77

    , etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.
    5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.);

    παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71

    ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;

    π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37

    ; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.
    b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (

    τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29

    ), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),

    ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258

    , cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4;

    παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33

    ;

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14

    , cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;

    δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2

    ; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;

    ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801

     ([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.
    6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,

    τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2

     (cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;

    μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29

    , cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.
    7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (

    τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6

    , cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.);

    οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63

    , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;

    παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2

    , cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;

    παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.

    ; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;

    π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2

    ; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);

    π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20

    , cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).
    8 of a limit of possibility,

    εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239

    ; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.
    D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,

    τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400

    ; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.
    E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).
    F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.
    I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).
    II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.
    III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.
    IV metaph.,
    1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.
    2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.
    3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.
    4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά

  • 9 ἀναπαύω

    ἀνα-παύω, poet. and [dialect] Ion. [pref] ἀμπ-, [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἀναπαύσομαι: [tense] aor. ἀνεπαυσάμην [dialect] Att. and Hellenistic (but
    A

    ἀνεπαύθημεν LXX La.5.5

    ): later, [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.

    ἀναπάη IG14.158

    : [tense] fut. [voice] Pass. ἀναπαήσομαι v.l. Apoc.14.13, al.: [tense] pres. [voice] Med.

    ἀναπάεται IG14.1717

    , cf. PTeb. 264:—make to cease, stop or hinder from a thing,

    χειμῶνος.. ὅς ῥά τε ἔργων ἀνθρώπους ἀνέπαυσεν Il.17.550

    ; ἀ. τινὰ τοῦ πλάνου give him rest from wandering, S.OC 1113; τοὺς λειτουργοῦντας ἀ. (sc. τῶν ἀναλωμάτων) to relieve them from.., D.42.25, cf. 42.
    2 c. acc. only, put an end to,

    βοήν S.Tr. 1262

    ; more freq. rest, make to halt,

    ἀ. στράτευμα X.Cyr.7.1.4

    ;

    κατὰ μέρος τοὺς ναύτας ἀ. Id.HG6.2.29

    ;

    κάματον ἵππων ἀ. A.Fr. 192

     (lyr.);

    σῶμα E.Hipp. 1353

    ; εἴδωλον ἀ. ἐπὶ ἅμαξαν lay it in a reposing posture, Ael.VH12.64, cf. NA7.29: abs.,

    ἀνάπαυσον

     give me rest,

    Luc.Tyr.21

    .
    3 bring to a close,

    τὸν λόγον Hermog.Id.1.8

    .
    4 rarely intr. in sense of [voice] Med., take rest,

    ἀναπαύοντες ἐν τῷ μέρει Th.4.11

    ;

    ἡσυχίαν εἶχε καὶ ἀνέπαυεν X.HG 5.1.21

    .
    5 of land, cause to lie fallow, PSI400.10 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 105.3 (ii B. C.).
    II in [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., take rest, ἀναπαύου κακῶν take rest from.., Cratin.297; ἀπὸ ναυμαχίας ἀ. rest after a sea-fight, Th.7.73;

    ἐκ μακρᾶς ὁδοῦ Pl.Criti. 106a

    ; ἀπ' ἄγρας κεκμακὼς ἀμπαύσεται [Πάν] Theoc.1.17; esp. of troops, halt, rest, X.Cyr.2.4.3, etc.; ἀναπεπ. τῶν εἰσφορῶν to be relieved from.., Isoc.8.20.
    2 abs., take one's rest, sleep, Hdt.1.12, 2.95, al., E.Hipp. 211, v.l. in Ar.Pl. 695, cf. Lys. 13.12, etc.
    b of land, lie fallow, Pi.N.6.11.
    c of the dead,

    ἀμπ. σὺν φιλίῃ ξυνῶς ἀλόχῳ Epigr.Gr.520.5

     ([place name] Thessalonica);

    ὧδε ἀναπάεται IG14.1717

    , cf. Call.Epigr.15.1;

    ἀ. τοῦ βίου Heraclit. All.68

    , Hdn.3.15.2; ἀ. alone, die, Id.1.4.7, cf. Plu.2.110f;

    ἀ. τὸν βίον POxy.1121.12

    (iii A. D.).
    d regain strength, dub. l. in X.Cyr. 6 1.11.
    3 rest or settle upon an object,

    τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφ' ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται

     1 Ep.Petr.

    4.14

    , cf. LXXIs.11.2; of shadows, Iamb.Comm. Math.8.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναπαύω

  • 10 καταπαύω

    + V 20-22-3-12-10=67 Gn 2,2.3; 8,22; 49,33; Ex 5,5
    to put an end to, to stop [τι] 2 Chr 16,5; to bring to a close [τι] 2 Mc 15,37; to cause sth to cease from, to turn sth back from [τι ἀπό τινος] Nm 25,11
    to give rest to, to settle [τινα] Ex 33,14; id. [τινι] 1 Chr 23,25; to give rest from [τινά τινος] Ex 5,5
    to cease [abs.] Jdt 6,1; to cease doing [+ptc.] Gn 49,33; to cease from [ἀπό τινος] Gn 2,2; to rest, to repose Gn 8,22
    *Ex 16,13 καταπαυομένης had ceased-בתשׁי בתשׁ for MT כבתשׁ כבשׁ a layer; *2 Chr 32,22 καὶ κατέπαυσεν αὐτούς and he gave them rest-להם וינח for MT וינהלם he guided them; *Jb 21,34 τὸ δὲ ἐμὲ καταπαύσασθαι ἀφ᾽ὑμῶν I have rest from you-בתשׁ for MT ובתיכםשׁות ובשׁ your replies, cpr. Nm 25,11, 1 Kgs 12,24
    Cf. ALBREKTSON 1963(Lam 3,11); DOGNIEZ 1992, 152; HARL 1986a, 99; HELBING 1928, 168-170; KATZ
    1946a 319-324(Ex 16,13; JgsA 18,2); LE BOULLUEC 1989 183-184. 317; WEVERS 1990 549; 1993 20

    Lust (λαγνεία) > καταπαύω

  • 11 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

     (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

     (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

     (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

     (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

     (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

     (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

     (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

     with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

     (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

     (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

     (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

     (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

     codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

     (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

     (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

     (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

     (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

     A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

     (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

     (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

     (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

     for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

     (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; ἐ.

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

     codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; ἐ.

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

     (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

     codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

     (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

     (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; ἐ.

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

     (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

     (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

     codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 12 κλίνω

    κλίνω [pron. full] [ῑ], [tense] fut.
    A

    κλῐνῶ Lyc.557

    , ( ἐγκατα-) Ar.Pl. 621: [tense] aor. 1

    ἔκλῑνα Il.5.37

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    κέκλῐκα Plb.30.13.2

    :—[voice] Med., [tense] aor.

    ἐκλινάμην Od.17.340

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κλῐθήσομαι συγ-) E.Alc. 1090, ( κατα-) D.S.8 Fr.19: [tense] fut. 2

    κατα-κλῐνήσομαι Ar.Eq.98

    , Pl.Smp. 222e, also κεκλίσομαι dub. in A.D.Pron.22.7: [tense] aor. 1 ἐκλίθην [ῐ] Od.19.470, S.Tr. 101 (lyr.), 1226, E.Hipp. 211 (anap.), freq. in Prose; poet. also ἐκλίνθην, v. infr. 11.1,2,3: [tense] aor. 2 ἐκλίνην [ῐ] only in compds.,

    κατακλῐνῆναι Ar.V. 1208

    , 1211, X.Cyr.5.2.15, etc.;

    ξυγκατακλῐνείς Ar.Ach. 981

    : [tense] pf. κέκλῐμαι (v. infr.); inf.

    κεκλίσθαι A.D.Synt.325.3

    , but κεκλίνθαι v.l. ib.47.1. ( κλῐ-ν-ψω, for. root κλῐ: κλει-, cf. κλειτύς; Skt. śráyati 'cause to lean', 'support', Lat.clinare, clivus.):—cause to lean, make to slope or slant, ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα Ζεύς when he inclines or turns the scale, Il.19.223; Τρῶας δ' ἔκλιναν Δαναοί made them give way, 5.37, cf. Od.9.59;

    ἐπεί ῥ' ἔκλινε μάχην Il.14.510

    ;

    ἔκλινε γὰρ κέρας.. ἡμῶν E.Supp. 704

    ; also

    ἐκ πυθμένων ἔκλινε.. κλῇθρα S.OT 1262

    :— [voice] Med., Περσῶν κλινάμενοι [δύναμιν] IG12.763.
    2 make one thing slope against another, i.e. lean, rest it,

    τι πρός τι Il.23.171

    , cf. 510;

    ἅρματα δ' ἔκλιναν πρὸς ἐνώπια 8.435

    : c.dat., ἔστησαν σάκε' ὤμοισι κλίναντες, i.e. raising their shields so that the upper rim rested on their shoulders, 11.593.
    3 turn aside,

    μηκέτι τοῦδε βήματος ἔξω πόδα κλίνῃς S.OC 193

     (lyr.); ὄσσε πάλιν κλίνασα having turned back her eyes, Il.3.427; τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀριστερῶν [φλέβας] ἐπὶ τὰ δεξιὰ κ. turn to.., Pl.Ti. 77e.
    4 make another recline, ἐν κλίνῃ κλῖναί τινας make them lie down at table, Hdt.9.16;

    κλῖνόν μ' ἐς εὐνήν E. Or. 227

    ;

    κλίνατ', οὐ σθένω ποσίν Id.Alc. 267

     (lyr.): metaph., ἡμέρα κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια puts to rest, lays low, S. Aj. 131.
    5 in Magic, make subservient,

    ψυχήν PMag.Par.1.1718

    .
    6 Gramm., inflect,

    τὰ ῥήματα A.D.Synt.212.20

    :—[voice] Pass., Id.Pron.12.7.
    II [voice] Pass., lean,

    ἂψ δ' ὁ πάϊς πρὸς κόλπον ἐϋζώνοιο τιθήνης ἐκλίνθη Il.6.467

    ; ὁ δ' ἐκλίνθη, καὶ ἀλεύατο κῆρα μέλαιναν he bent aside, 7.254; of a brasen foot-pan, ἂψ δ' ἑτέρωσ' ἐκλίθη it was tipped over, Od.19.470; of battle, turn,

    ἐκλίνθη δὲ μάχη Hes.Th. 711

    ; of a body in equilibrium,

    οὐδαμόσε κλιθῆναι Pl.Phd. 109a

    , cf. Archim. Fluit.1.8,al.
    3 lie down, fall,

    ἐν νεκύεσσι κλινθήτην Il.10.350

    , etc.; παραὶ λεχέεσσι κλιθῆναι lie beside her on the bed, Od.18.213, cf. S.Tr. 1226: in [tense] pf., to be laid, lie,

    ἔντεα.. παρ' αὐτοῖσι χθονὶ κέκλιτο Il.10.472

    ; φύλλων κεκλιμένων of fallen leaves, Od.11.194 ( φύλλα κεκλ. in Thphr.HP3.9.2, slanting leaves);

    Ληθαίῳ κεκλιμένη πεδίῳ Thgn.1216

    ; Ἀλφεοῦ πόρῳ κλιθείς laid by Alpheus' stream, Pi.O.1.92; ἐπὶ γόνυ κέκλιται has fallen on her knee, i.e.is humbled, A.Pers. 931 (lyr.);

    ὑπτία κλίνομαι S.Ant. 1188

    ;

    τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐρρήγνυτο τὸ τεῖχος, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐκλίνετο X.HG5.2.5

    ;

    οὐ νούσῳ.. οὐδ' ὑπὸ δυσμενέων δούρατι κεκλίμεθα AP7.493

     (Antip. Thess.), cf. 315 (Zenod. or Rhian.), 488 (Mnasalc.), Epic.Oxy.214r.3.
    4 recline at meals,

    κλιθέντες ἐδαίνυντο Hdt.1.211

    , cf. E.Cyc. 543, SIG 1023.48 (Cos, iii/ii B.C.); κλίθητι καὶ πίωμεν cj. in Com.Adesp.1203, cf. E.Fr. 691.
    5 of Places, lie sloping towards the sea, etc., lie near,

    ἁλὶ κεκλιμένη Od.13.235

    ; [νῆσοι] αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται ([dialect] Ep. for κέκλινται) 4.608: hence, of persons, lie on, live on or by, [

    Ὀρέσβιος] λίμνῃ κεκλιμένος Κηφισίδι Il.5.709

    ;

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης κεκλίαται 16.68

    , cf. 15.740;

    δισσαῖσιν ἀπείροις κλιθείς S.Tr. 101

     (lyr.); πλευρὰ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς κεκλιμένη, τὸ εἰς τὰς ἄρκτους κ., Plb.2.14.4, 1.42.5;

    ὄρος Κοῖον ὃ κέκλιται πρὸς Παρνασσόν SIG826

     Eiii 37 (Delph., ii B.C.).
    III [voice] Med., decline, wane, καὶ κλίνεται (sc. τὸ ἦμαρ) S.Fr.255.6.
    2 of soldiers, κ. ἐπ' ἀσπίδα, ἐπὶ δόρυ, turn to left, to right, Plb.3.115.9, etc.;

    κ. πρὸς φυγήν Id.1.27.8

    ; also, wheel, Ascl. Tact.10.4.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κλίνω

  • 13 παύω

    + V 17-5-27-13-16=78 Gn 11,8; 18,33; 24,14.19.22
    A: to cause to cease [τι] Dt 32,26; to cause sb to cease [τινά τινι] Jb 6,26; to keep from [τι ἀπό τινος] Ps 33(34),14; to quell (a conflict) [τι] Prv 18,18
    M: to cease Ex 9,29; to leave off [+ptc.] Gn 11,8; to cease from [τινος] Ex 32,12; id. [ἀπό τινος] Ps 36(37),8; id. [τοῦ +inf.] Ex 9,28
    ἐπαύσατο ῥήμασιν he stopped speaking Jb 31,40
    *Is 26,10 πέπαυται he has ceased-נוח to rest, to settle down or-חנה to decline, to encamp for MT יחן let him be favoured; *Jb 6,7 παύσασθαι to cease-רגוע to become calm for MT נגוע to touch; *Jb 6,26 παύσει will cause to cease-ושׁתח be quiet, be silent for MT בושׁתח you think; *Prv
    30,1 παύομαι I cease-אכלה for MT אכל Ucal
    Cf. HARL 1991=1992a 142.158; 1992c c=1993 198; HELBING 1928, 168; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 134; LEE,
    J. 1983, 34; WEVERS 1990 139.515.525
    (→ἀναπαύω, διαπαύω, διανα-, ἐπανα-, καταπαύω, προσαναπαύω, συναναπαύω,,)

    Lust (λαγνεία) > παύω

  • 14 λόγος

    λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:
    I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).
    1 account of money handled,

    σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191

    ; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;

    λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142

    , cf. 143;

    οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26

    ;

    λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1

    ;

    ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b

    ;

    τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47

    ;

    ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60

    ; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,

    οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477

    .
    b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;

    ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29

     A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also

    Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30

    ; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.
    2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;

    λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e

    ;

    λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c

    , al.;

    λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d

    ;

    παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d

    ;

    λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15

    , cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;

    λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199

    , al.;

    λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22

    , cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;

    τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2

    ; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,

    ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46

    , cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;

    πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13

    , cf. D.Chr.31.123.
    3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),

    θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31

    ;

    ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115

    ; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.
    4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;

    οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163

    : freq. in Hdt.,

    Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102

    ;

    τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135

    , cf. E.Fr.94;

    περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87

    ; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,

    οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4

    , cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;

    λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62

    , 115;

    λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199

    , Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);

    ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50

    ; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;

    ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a

    ; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;

    σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142

    .
    II relation, correspondence, proportion,
    1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;

    πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519

    ; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109

    ; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;

    κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619

    ;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11

    ;

    ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2

    , cf. PA 671a18;

    ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31

    ; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.
    2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;

    ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31

    ;

    λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5

     Def.3;

    τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32

    , cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;

    ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31

    ; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so

    κατὰ λ. Men.319.6

    ; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);

    ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428

     ([place name] Messene).
    3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;

    εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328

    .
    1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;

    ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731

    ;

    ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762

    ;

    χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352

    ;

    σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657

     (lyr., v.l. λόγων)

    ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124

    ; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.
    b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;

    ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a

    ;

    ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19

    ; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.
    2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;

    ἔχει λ. D.44.32

    ;

    οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202

    ;

    δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b

    ; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;

    ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41

    , cf.1.19 S.;

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27

    ;

    λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88

    ; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,

    ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108

    ;

    οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73

    ; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;

    τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d

    ; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.
    b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;

    ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b

    ; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;

    λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34

    , al.;

    οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19

    , etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.
    c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,

    πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16

    .
    d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;

    πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b

    , cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,

    ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15

    ; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [

    τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10

    ; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,

    ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d

    , cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.
    3 law, rule of conduct,

    ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72

    ;

    πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53

    ; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;

    ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21

    ; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;

    ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4

    .
    4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.
    5 reason, ground,

    πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1

    ;

    οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45

    ; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;

    μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8

    ; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου

    τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c

    ; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;

    οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26

    .
    6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,

    λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c

    ; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;

    ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a

    ; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;

    τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d

    ;

    ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3

    ;

    τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5

    , cf. 1035b4;

    πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5

    ; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;

    πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477

    ; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.
    7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,

    κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c

    ; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;

    ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13

    ; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,

    τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24

    ; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;

    ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264

    ; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;

    κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53

    ;

    ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4

    : so in Plot.,

    τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2

    .
    b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,

    ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28

    : usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;

    γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7

    , cf.4.4.39: so without

    σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111

    ;

    οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9

    .
    c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,

    ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4

    ;

    οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10

    , cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;

    ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.

    in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.
    IV inward debate of the soul (cf.

    λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e

     ( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),
    1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),

    ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209

    , cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;

    ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d

    , cf. Prm. 135e;

    ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35

    ,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,

    τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e

    ; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;

    τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.

    ; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;

    λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20

    , etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;

    λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a

    ; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;

    πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26

    ;

    τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15

    , 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,

    εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e

    ; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;

    τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31

    ; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;

    ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19

    ;

    μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6

    ; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;

    λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105

     K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;

    οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d

    ; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).
    2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [

    θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a

    ; [

    θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d

    ; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;

    πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26

    ; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;

    ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)

    ;

    οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11

    : freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;

    τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23

    ;

    ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3

    ;

    οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3

    ; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;

    τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129

     (cf. infr. x).
    b creative reason,

    ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14

    ;

    ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15

    ;

    οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18

    .
    V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),
    1 fable, Hdt.1.141;

    Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8;

    ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13

    .
    2 legend,

    ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62

    , cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);

    συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297

    ;

    λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d

    ; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.
    3 tale, story,

    ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1

    , cf. Th.1.97, etc.;

    συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686

    ; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,

    ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184

    , cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,

    ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161

    , cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;

    ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36

    ; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e;

    ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b

    , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)

    διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c

    , cf. 324d);

    περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30

    ;

    ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34

    .
    4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,

    χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;

    δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4

    ;

    τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7

    ;

    τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8

    , cf.

    λογογράφος 11

    ; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,

    τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a

    ; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.
    VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).
    a pl., without Art., talk,

    τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393

    ;

    αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56

    , h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;

    ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91

    ;

    ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101

    ; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.
    b sg., expression, phrase,

    πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245

    , cf. E.Hipp. 514;

    μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37

    ; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,

    λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36

    ; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.
    c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,

    λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145

    ;

    ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254

    ; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;

    νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76

    ;

    ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338

    , cf. S.El.59, OC 782;

    λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8

    ;

    οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49

    ;

    οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14

    ; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;

    οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5

    ;

    ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a

    ; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;

    ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23

    , cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,

    ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d

    ; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),

    λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68

    ;

    ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e

    , cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.
    2 common talk, report, tradition,

    ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8

    ;

    λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32

    ;

    διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32

    ;

    λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47

    ; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.
    b rumour,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87

    ; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.
    c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;

    μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11

    .
    d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),

    πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221

    ;

    λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13

    ;

    πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21

    ;

    ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5

    , cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;

    οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541

    : less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).
    e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,

    ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1

    , cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;

    ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230

    , Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;

    λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129

    ,9.26, al.;

    λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573

     (lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;

    λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23

    , v.supr.1.4.
    3 discussion, debate, deliberation,

    πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59

    ;

    συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97

    ;

    οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138

    ;

    πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140

    ;

    οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74

    ; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;

    τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131

    ; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;

    ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32

    ;

    διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916

    ;

    ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872

    ;

    ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2

    ;

    κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12

    .
    b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;

    λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20

    ; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;

    λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13

    , cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;

    οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5

    ;

    δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304

    ;

    διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8

    : hence, time allowed for a speech,

    ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26

    ,al.;

    ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a

    ;

    οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9

    .
    c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,

    ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a

    : hence, dialogue as a form of literature,

    οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11

    , Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.
    d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),

    ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d

    ; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;

    ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3

    ; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;

    ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219

    ; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,

    τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258

    .
    e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);

    οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4

    ; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).
    VII a particular utterance, saying:
    1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;

    λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e

    ;

    ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2

    ,9.
    2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;

    ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c

    , cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;

    τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45

    , cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.
    3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.
    4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;

    ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60

    , cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.
    5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;

    ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9

    ;

    ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16

    ; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.
    VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),

    λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055

    ; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;

    μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65

    ; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;

    οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21

    ;

    ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c

    ; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;

    μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146

    ; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,

    οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e

    , cf. Prt. 344a;

    ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c

    ; also

    πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c

     (s. v.l.).
    2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.
    b in Art, subject of a painting,

    ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10

    ;

    λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25

    .
    3 thing talked of, event,

    μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33

    , cf. Act.Ap.15.6.
    IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;

    λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26

    , cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)

    ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228

    , cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;

    λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181

    : in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;

    τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69

     v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;

    τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d

    ; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.
    2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary,

    ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a

    ;

    ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)

    ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31

    ; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;

    κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7

    ; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.
    b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,

    τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d

    ; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.
    3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.
    b sentence, complete statement, "

    ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c

    ;

    λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6

    , D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.
    c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;

    τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6

    ;

    μέρος λ. D.T.633.26

    , A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.
    X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,

    ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15

    ;

    ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6

    , cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,

    ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1

    , cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;

    ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος

  • 15 ἀπό

    ἀπό, [dialect] Aeol., Thess., Arc., Cypr. [full] ἀπύ Sapph.44, cf. 78, Alc.33, Theoc.28.16,IG12(2).6.45 (Mytil.), ἀπυδόμεναι ib.9(2).594 ([place name] Larissa), 5(2).6 ([place name] Tegea), etc.:—Prep. usually with Gen. but v. infr. B. (Cf. Skt.
    A ápa, Lat. ab, Umbr. ap-ehtre 'ab extra', Goth. af, OE. af, cef, of, etc.) Orig. sense, from. [ ᾰπο?ἀπόX: where ἀπο ¯ is found in [dialect] Ep. before v or liquids (as

    ἀπὸ ἕθεν Il.6.62

    ,

    ἀπὸ νευρῆς 11.664

    , Hes. Sc. 409) ἀπαί was sometimes written in later texts, cf. Eust. 625.11:— [pron. full] ᾱ metri gr. in [dialect] Ep. compds., such as ἀπονέεσθαι.]
    I OF PLACE, the earliest, and in Hom. the prevailing sense:
    1 of Motion, from, away from,

    ἐσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων Il.2.208

    ; pleonastic, ἀ. Τροίηθεν ib.24.492;

    ἀπ' οὐρανόθεν 8.365

     (later with Advbs.,

    ἀπὸ ἔμπροσθεν LXX Ec.1.10

    , etc.); strengthd.,

    ἐκτὸς ἀ. κλισιης Il.10.151

    ; also ἀπ' αἰῶνος νέος ὤλεο, implying departure from life, ib.24.725; opp. ἐξ, of relatively superficial motion,

    λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς οὐδέν, οὔτ' ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν X.Mem.2.7.2

    ; similarly of the cause or ground,

    ἐξ ὧν προηγώνισθε καὶ ἀφ' ὧν εἰκάζω Th.4.126

    :— freq. of warriors fighting from chariots, etc.,

    οἱ μὲν ἀφ' ἵππων, οἱ δ' ἀ. νηῶν.. μάχοντο Il.15.386

    ;

    ἀφ' ἵππων μάρνασθαι Od.9.49

    ; so

    ἡ μάχη ἦν ἀφ' ἵππων Hdt.1.79

    ; λαμπὰς ἔσται ἀφ' ἵππων on horseback, Pl.R. 328a;

    ἀφ' ἵππου θηρεύειν X.An.1.2.7

    ;

    ἀ. νεῶν πεζομαχεῖν Th. 7.62

    ;

    ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν αἰρόμενος τοὺς ἱστοὺς ἀ. τούτων ἐσκοπεῖτο X.HG 6.2.29

    ; ὀμμάτων ἄπο.. κατέσταζον γένυν, of tears, E.Hec. 240: joined with

    ἐκ, ἐκ Κορίνθου ἀ. τοῦ στρατοπέδου Pl.Tht. 142a

    .
    2 of Position, away from, far from,

    μένων ἀ. ἧς ἀλόχοιο Il.2.292

     (cf. ἀπ' ἀνδρὸς εἶναι to live apart from a man or husband, Plu.CG4);

    κεκρυμμένος ἀπ' ἄλλων Od.23.110

    ;

    μοῦνος ἀπ' ἄλλων h.Merc. 193

    ; ἀπ' ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀπ' οὔατος, far from sight or hearing, Il.23.53, 18.272, cf. 22.454;

    ἀ. θαλάσσης ᾠκίσθησαν Th.1.7

    , cf. 46;

    αὐλίζεσθαι ἀ. τῶν ὅπλων Id.6.64

    ;

    ἀπ' οἴκου εἶναι Id.1.99

    ; σπεύδειν ἀ. ῥυτῆρος far from, i.e. without using the rein, S.OC 900; in Hom. freq. strengthd., τῆλε ἀ..., νόσφιν ἀ..., Il.23.880, 5.322; in measurement of distances,

    ὅσον ιέ στάδια ἀ. Φυλῆς X.HG2.4.4

    , etc.; but later the numeral follows

    ἀ., πηγὰς ἔχων ἀ. μ σταδίων τῆς θαλάσσης D.S.4.56

    ;

    ἀ. σταδίων κ τῆς πόλεως Plu.Phil.4

    ; κατεστρατοπέδευσεν ἀ. ν σταδίων fifty stades away, Id.Oth.11, cf. D.Chr.17.17.
    3 of the mind, ἀ. θυμοῦ away from, i. e. alien from, my heart, Il.1.562;

    ἀ. δόξης 10.324

    ;

    οὐ.. ἀ. σκοποῦ οὐδ' ἀ. δόξης Od.11.344

    ;

    ἀ. τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου τρόπου Th.1.76

    ; οὐδὲν ἀ. τρόπου not without reason, Pl.R. 470b; οὐκ ἀ. σκοποῦ, καιροῦ, Id.Tht. 179c, 187e;

    οὐκ ἀ. γνώμης S. Tr. 389

    ;

    οὐκ ἀ. τοῦ πράγματος D.24.6

    ;

    μάλα πολλὸν ἀπ' ἐλπίδος ἔπλετο A.R.2.863

    .
    4 in pregnant sense, with Verbs of rest, previous motion being implied (cf. ἐκ)

    , ἀνὰ δ' ἐβόασεν.. ἀ. πέτρας σταθείς E.Tr. 523

    ; ἀ.τῆς ἐμῆς κεφαλῆς τὴν [ἐκείνου] κεφαλὴν ἀναδήσω, i. e. taking the chaplet off my head, and placing it on his, Pl.Smp. 212e: with Verbs of hanging, where ἐκ is more common,

    ἁψαμένη βρόχον ἀ. μελάθρου Od.11.278

    .
    5 with the Article, where the sense of motion often disappears, οἱ ἀ. τῶν οἰκιῶν φεύγουσιν, i.e. οἱ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις φεύγουσιν ἀπ' αὐτῶν, X.Cyr.7.5.23; οἱ ἀ. τῶν πύργων.. ἐπαρήξουσι ib.6.4.18;

    αἴρειν τὰ ἀ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Cra. 410b

    ; αἱ ἵπποι αἱ ἀ. τοῦ ἅρματος v.l. in Hdt.4.8;

    ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ὁ ἀ. τοῦ στρατεύματος X.An.7.2.19

    ;

    τὸν ἀ. γραμμᾶς κινεῖ λίθον Theoc.6.18

    .
    6 partitive, λαχὼν ἀ. ληΐδος αἶσαν part taken from the booty, a share of it, Od.5.40;

    αἴρεσθαι ἀ. τῶν καλπίδων Ar. Lys. 539

    ;

    ἀ. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι παίδων εἷς μοῦνος Hdt.6.27

    ;

    ὀλίγοι ἀ. πολλῶν Th.7.87

    , cf. A.Pers. 1023.
    7 Math., of figures described upon a base,

    κῶνον ἀναγράφειν ἀ. κύκλου Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19

    , etc.; τὸ ἀ. τῆς AB τετράγωνον the square on AB, Euc.1.47, cf. 48; εἴδεα ἀ. .. Archim.Spir.10,11.
    8 ἀ. ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικός man and woman, LXX1 Es.9.40; ἀ. ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦib.Nu.5.3.
    9 from being, instead of,

    ἀθανάταν ἀ. θνατᾶς.. ἐποίησας Βερενίκαν Theoc.15.106

    .
    10 privative, free from, without,

    ἀ. πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας PLips.16.19

     (ii A. D.);

    ἀ. ζημίας PTeb420.4

     (iii A. D.).
    II OF TIME, from, after, Hom. only in Il.8.54 ἀ. δείπνου θωρήσσοντο rising up from, i.e. after, cf. Hdt.1.133; ἀ. δείπνου εἶναι or γενέσθαι, Id.1.126, 2.78, 5.18, al.;

    ἀ. τοῦ σιτίου πίνειν Hp.Salubr.5

    ;

    ἀ. τῶν σίτων διαπονεῖσθαι X.Lac. 5.8

    ; in narrative, τὸ ἀ. τούτου or το̄δε, from this point onwards, Hdt.1.4,2.99;

    ἀ. τούτου τοῦ χρόνου Id.1.82

    , X.An.7.5.8;

    τὸ ἀπ' ἐκείνου Luc.Tox.25

    ;

    ἡμέρῃ δεκάτῃ ἀφ' ἧς.. Hdt.3.14

    , etc.;

    δευτέρῃ ἡμέρῃ ἀ. τῆς ἐμπρήσιος Id.8.55

    , cf. X.An.1.7.18, etc.;

    ἀφ' οὗ χρόνου Id.Cyr. 1.2.13

    ; more often ἀπ' or ἀφ' οὗ, Hdt.2.44, Th.1.18, etc.;

    ἀφ' οὗπερ A.Pers. 177

    ;

    ἀφ' ἧς Plu.Pel.15

    ; εὐθὺς ἀ. παλαιοῦ, ἀ. τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, of olden time, Th.1.2,2.15;

    ἀπ' ἀρχᾶς Pi.P.8.25

    , etc.;

    ἀ. γενεᾶς X. Cyr.1.2.8

    ; ἀφ' ἑσπέρας from the beginning of evening, i.e. at eventide, Th.7.29; ἀ. πρώτου ὕπνου ib.43;

    ἀ. μέσων νυκτῶν Ar.V. 218

    ; ἀπ' ἀγροῦ fresh from field-work, Ev.Marc.15.21, cf. 7.4;

    ἀ. νουμηνίας X.An.5.6.23

    ; χρονίζειν ἀ. τοῦ καιροῦ tarry beyond the time, LXX2 Ki. 20.5; ἀ. τέλους ἐννέα μηνῶν at the end of.., ib.24.8;

    γενόμενος ἀ. τῆς ἀρχῆς Plu.Caes.5

    : hence ἀ. ἀγωνοθετῶν an εχ-ἀγωνοθέτης, IG3.398;

    ἀ. λογιστῶν POxy.1103.3

     (iv A. D.); οἱ ἀ. ὑπατείας, = consulares, Hdn.7.1.9, etc.; but ἀ. τινος the freedman of.., IG5(2).50.59(Tegea, ii A. D.), cf.ib.5(1).1391 ([place name] Andania), 1473.
    III OF ORIGIN, CAUSE, etc.:
    1 of that from which one is born, οὐ γὰρ ἀ. δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ' ἀ. πέτρης not sprung from oak or rock, Od.19.163;

    γίγνονται δ' ἄρα ταί γ' ἔκ τε κρηνέων ἀ. τ' ἀλσέων 10.350

    , cf. S.OT 415, OC 571, etc.: sts. ἀπό denotes remote, and ἐκ immediate, descent,

    τοὺς μὲν ἀ. θεῶν, τοὺς δ' ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας Isoc.12.81

    , cf. Hdt.7.150;

    πέμπτη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ γέννα A.Pr. 853

    ; τρίτος ἀ. Διός third in descent from Zeus, Pl.R. 391c; οἱ ἀ. γένους τινός his descendants, Plu. Them.32;

    Περσέως ἀφ' αἵματος E.Alc. 509

    : of the place one springs from,

    ἵπποι.. ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος Il.2.839

    . cf. 849;

    Ἡρακλεῖδαι οἱ ἀ. Σπάρτης Hdt.8.114

    , cf. Th.1.89, etc.;

    τοὺς ἀ. Φρυγίας X.Cyr.2.1.5

    , etc.:hence,
    b metaph. of things,

    Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι Od.6.18

    ; θεῶν ἄπο μήδεα εἰδώς ib.12;

    γάλα ἀ. βοός A.Pers. 611

    ;

    μῆνις ἀφ' ἡμῶν Id.Eu. 314

    ;

    ἡ ἀφ' ὑμῶν τιμωρία Th.1.69

    ; ὁ ἀ. τῶν πολεμίων φόβος fear inspired by the enemy, X.Cyr.3.3.53.
    c of persons, οἱ ἀ. τῆς χώρας, τῆς πόλεως, country folk, townsfolk, Plb.2.6.8, 5.70.8; and so of connexion with the founder or leader of a sect,

    οἱ ἀ. Πυθαγόρου Luc.Herm.14

    ;

    οἱ ἀ. Πλάτωνος Plu.Brut.2

    ; οἱ ἀ. τοῦ περιπάτου, ἀ. τῆς Στοᾶς, etc., Luc.Cont. 6; generally οἱ ἀ. φιλοσοφίας καὶ λόγων philosophers and learned men, ibid.; οἱ ἀ. σκηνῆς καὶ θεάτρου stage players, Plu.Sull.2;

    οἱ ἀ. τῆς βουλῆς Id.Caes.10

    , etc.; ὁ ἀφ' ἑστίας παῖς, v. ἑστία; ἀπ' ἐξωμίδος with only an ἐξωμίς, S.E.P.1.153.
    2 of the material from or of which a thing is made,

    εἵματα ἀ. ξύλου πεποιημένα Hdt.7.65

    ;

    ἀπ' ὄμφακος τεύχειν οἶνον A.Ag. 970

    , cf. S.Tr. 704;

    ὅσσα ἀ. γλυκερῶ μέλιτος Theoc.15.117

    ;

    ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου Ev.Matt.3.4

    : hence στέφανος ἀ. ταλάντων ἑξήκοντα of or weighing 60 talents, Decr. ap. D. 18.92, cf. Plb.24.1.7, IG2.555.10, al.: hence of value,

    θύεν αἶγα ἀ. δραχμᾶν εἴκοσι GDI3707

     ([place name] Cos);

    κρᾶσις ἀ. τε τῆς ἡδονῆς συγκεκραμένη καὶ ἀ. τῆς λύπης Pl.Phd. 59a

    ; so, by an extension of this use, εἰδεχθής τις ἀ. τοῦ προσώπου ugly of countenance, Thphr.Char.28.4;

    θῆλυν ἀ. χροιῆς Theoc.16.49

    ;

    σεμνὸς ἀ. τοῦ σχήματος Luc.DMort.10.8

    .
    3 of the instrument from or by which a thing is done, τοὺς.. πέφνεν ἀπ' ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο by arrow shot from silver bow, Il.24.605;

    τόξου ἄπο κρατεροῦ ὀλέκοντα φάλαγγας 8.279

    ;

    ἐμῆς ἀπὸ χειρός 10.371

    , 11.675; so

    ἀ. χειρὸς ἐργάζεσθαι μεγάλα Luc.Hist.Conscr.29

    ; γυμνάζεσθαι ἀ. σκελῶν, χειρῶν, τραχήλου, X.Lac.5.9;

    μάχεσθαι ἀ. ἄκοντος Str.17.3.7

    ;

    ἡ ἀ. τοῦ ξίφους μάχη D.S.5.29

    ;

    βάπτειν τὸν δάκτυλον ἀ. τοῦ αἵματος LXX Le.4.7

    .
    4 of the person from whom an act comes, i.e. by whom it is done,

    οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο Hdt.1.14

    ;

    ζήτησιν ἀ. σφέων γενέσθαι Id.2.54

    ;

    ἐπράχθη οὐδὲν ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἔργον ἀξιόλογον Th.1.17

    , cf. 6.61;

    ἀ. τινος ὄνασθαι Pl.R. 528a

    , etc.; so τἀπ' ἐμοῦ, τἀπὸ σοῦ, E.Tr.74, S.OC 1628;

    τὰ ἀ. τῶν Ἀθηναίων Th.1.127

    ; in later Greek freq. of the direct agent, Plb.1.34.8, Str.5.4.12, D.H.9.12, Ev.Luc.9.22, J.AJ20.8.10, etc.; in codd. this may sts. be due to confusion with ὑπό, but cf. PMag.Par.1.256, BGU 1185.26(Aug.), SIG820.8(Ephesus, i A. D.), etc.
    5 of the source from which life, power, etc., are sustained,

    ζῆν ἀπ' ὕλης ἀγρίης Hdt.1.203

    ; ἀ. κτήνεων καὶ ἰχθύων ib. 216;

    ἀ. πολέμου Id.5.6

    ;

    ἀπ' ἐλαχίστων χρημάτων X.Mem.1.2.14

    ;

    ἀ. τῆς ἀγορᾶς Id.An.6.1.1

    ;

    τρέφειν τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀ. τῶν νήσων Id.HG4.8.9

    , cf. Th.1.99;

    ἀ. τῶν κοινῶν πλουτεῖν Ar.Pl. 569

    , cf. D.24.124;

    ἀ. μικρῶν εὔνους.. γεγένησαι Ar.Eq. 788

    , cf. D.18.102;

    ἀφ' ὥρας ἐργάζεσθαι

     quaestum corpore facere,

    Plu. Tim.14

    .
    6 of the cause, means, or occasion from, by, or because of which a thing is done,

    ἀ. τούτου κριοπρόσωπον τὤγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῦσι Hdt.2.42

    ; ἀ. τινος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, θαυμάζεσθαι, ὠφελεῖσθαι, Th.2.25,6.12, X.Cyr.1.1.2;

    ἀ. τῶν ξυμφορῶν διαβάλλεσθαι Th.5.17

    ;

    τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔχειν ἀ. τινος Id.1.46

    ;

    ἀ. λῃστείας τὸν βίον ἔχειν X.An. 7.7.9

    ;

    ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων κρίνειν D.2.27

    ; ἀ. τοῦ πάθους in consequence of.., Th.4.30;

    βλάπτειν τινὰ ἀ. τινος Id.7.29

    ;

    κατασκευάσαντα τὸ πλοῖον ἀφ' ὧν ὑπελάμβανε σωθήσεσθαι D.18.194

    ; τρόπαιον ἀ. τινος εἱστήκει on occasion of his defeat, Id.19.320; τλήμων οὖσ' ἀπ' εὐτόλμου

    φρενός A.Ag. 1302

    , cf. 1643; ἀ. δικαιοσύνης by reason of it (v. l. for ὑπό), Hdt.7.164; ἀ. τῶν αὐτῶν λημμάτων on the same scale of profits, D.3.34, etc.; for ὅσον ἀ. βοῆς ἕνεκα, v. ἕνεκα: hence in half adverbial usages, ἀ. σπουδῆς in earnest, eagerly, Il.7.359; ἀ. τοῦἴσου, ἀ. τῆς ἴσης, or ἀπ' ἴσης, equally, Th.1.99,15, D.14.6, etc.;

    ἀπ' ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας τῆς ψυχῆς Id.18.298

    ;

    ἀ. ἀντιπάλου παρασκευῆς Th.1.91

    ; ἀ. τοῦ προφανοῦς openly, ib.35; ἀ. τοῦ εὐθέος straightforwardly, Id.3.43; ἀ. τοῦ αὐτομάτου of free-will, Pl.Prt. 323c; ἀ. γλώσσης by word of mouth, Hdt.1.123 (but also, from hearsay, A.Ag. 813);

    ἀ. στόματος Pl.Tht. 142d

    ; ἀπ' ὄψεως at sight, Lys.16.19; ἀ. χειρὸς λογίζεσθαι on your fingers, Ar.V. 656;

    πεύθομαι δ' ἀπ' ὀμμάτων νόστον A.Ag. 988

    ; ὀμμάτων ἄπο in the public gaze, E.Med. 216;

    ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου ἄρχοντας καθίστασθαι X.Mem.1.2.9

    ;

    ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου Th.8.66

    , cf. IG1.9;

    τοὺς ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου δισχιλίους ἄνδρας Arist.Ath.24.3

    ; τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀ. τῆς οὐσίας Decr. ap. D.18.106; ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ from oneself, on one's own account, Th.8.6, etc.;

    ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης Id.4.68

    ; ἀ. συνθήματος, ἀ. παραγγέλματος, by agreement, by word of command, Hdt.5.74, Th.8.99; ἀ. σάλπιγγος by sound of trumpet, X.Eq.Mag.3.12 (s.v.l.); ἐπίτροπος ἀ. τῶν λόγων, = Lat. procurator a rationibus, Ann.Epigr..1913.143a (Ephesus, ii A. D.).
    7 of the object spoken of, τὰ ἀ. τῆς νήσου οἰκότα ἐστί the things told from or of the island.., Hdt.4.195, cf. 54, 7.195;

    νόμος κείμενος ἀ. τῶν τεχνῶν Ar.Ra. 762

    .
    B in Arc., Cypr., ἀπύ takes dat., ἀπὺ τᾷ [ἁμέρᾳ] IG5(2).6 ([place name] Tegea);

    ἀπὺ τᾷ ζᾷ Inscr.Cypr.135.8

     H. ([place name] Idalion).
    2 in later Greek ἀπό is found c. acc., PLond.1.124.30 (iv/v A. D.).
    C in Hom. frequent with Verbs in tmesi, as Il.5.214, etc., and sts. in Prose, as Hdt.8.89.
    1 asunder, as ἀποκόπτω, ἀπολύω, ἀποτέμνω: and hence, away, off, as ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίνω; denoting, remoual of an accusation, as ἀπολογέομαι, ἀποψηφίζομαι.
    2 finishing off, completing, ἀπεργάζομαι, ἀπανδρόω, ἀπανθρωπίζω, ἀπογλαυκόω.
    3 ceasing from, leaving off, as ἀπαλγέω, ἀποκηδεύω, ἀπολοφύρομαι, ἀποζέω, ἀπανθίζω, ἀφυβρίζω.
    4 back again, as ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπόπλους: also, in full, or what is one's own, as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμβάνω: freq. it only strengthens the sense of the simple.
    5 by way of abuse, as in ἀποκαλέω.
    6 almost = ἀ- priv.; sts. with Verbs, as ἀπαυδάω, ἀπαγορεύω; more freq. with Adjectives, as ἀποχρήματος, ἀπότιμος, ἀπόσιτος, ἀπόφονος.
    E ἄπο, by anastrophe for ἀπό, when it follows its Noun, as

    ὀμμάτων ἄπο S.El. 1231

    , etc.; never in Prose.
    2 ἄπο for ἄπεστι, Semon.1.20, Timocr.9.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπό

  • 16 ἵστημι

    ἵστημι (cf. ἱστάω, ἱστάνω),
    I causal, make to stand, imper.

    ἵστη Il.21.313

    , E.Supp. 1230,

    καθ-ίστα Il.9.202

    : [tense] impf. ἵστην, [dialect] Ep.

    ἵστασκε Od.19.574

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἵσταν B.10.112

    : [tense] fut. στήσω, [dialect] Dor.

    στᾱσῶ Theoc.5.54

    : [tense] aor. 1 ἔστησα, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔστᾰσαν for ἔστησαν dub. in Od.18.307, 3.182, 8.435, al. (v. ἔστᾰσαν): hence, in late Poets, ἔστᾰσας, ἔστᾰσε, AP9.714,708 (Phil.): [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. ἐστησάμην (never intr.), v. infr.A.111.2, 3: [tense] pf.

    ἕστᾰκα Cerc.3

    , ([etym.] καθ-) Hyp.Eux.28, UPZ 112.5 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] περι-) Pl.Ax. 370d, ([etym.] ἀφ-) LXXJe.16.5, ([etym.] παρ-) Phld.Rh. 1.9S., al., ([etym.] συν-) S.E.M.7.109; also ἕστηκα (v. infr.) in trans. sense, ([etym.] δι-) Arist.Vent. 973a18, ([etym.] ἀφ-) v.l. in LXX l.c.; ἑστακεῖα trans. in Test.Epict.1.25.
    II intr., stand,
    1 [voice] Act., [tense] aor. 2 ἔστην, [dialect] Ep.

    στάσκον Il.3.217

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστησαν, more freq. in Hom. ἔσταν, στάν [ᾰ]; imper. στῆθι, [dialect] Dor.

    στᾶθι Sapph.29

    , Theoc.23.38; subj. στῶ, [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. στήῃς, στήῃ (for στῇς, στῇ), Il.17.30, 5.598; [ per.] 1pl. στέωμεν (as disyll.) 22.231,

    στείομεν 15.297

    ; opt. σταῖεν, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    σταίησαν 17.733

    ; inf. στῆναι, [dialect] Ep.

    στήμεναι 17.167

    , Od.5.414, [dialect] Dor.

    στᾶμεν Pi.P.4.2

    ; part. στάς: [tense] pf. ἕστηκα: [tense] plpf. ἑστήκειν, sts. with strengthd. augm. εἱστήκειν, as E.HF 925, Ar.Av. 513, Th.1.89, etc.; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.

    ἑστήκεε Hdt. 7.152

    :—from Hom. downwds. the shorter dual and pl. forms of the [tense] pf. are preferred, ἕστᾰτον, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἑστᾶσι (IG12(8).356 (Thasos, vi B.C.), etc.), in Hdt. ἑστέᾱσι; imper.

    ἕστᾰθι Aristomen. 5

    ; subj. ἑστῶ; opt. ἑσταίην; inf. ἑστάναι, [dialect] Ep. ἑστάμεν, ἑστάμεναι ( ἑστηκέναι only late, as Ael.VH3.18); part. ἑστώς ( ἑστηκώς rare in early Gr., Hdt.2.126, Pl.Men. 93d, Lg. 802c, Arist. (infr. B.11.2), Alex.126.16,

    εἱστηκότα IG12.374.179

    ), fem. ἑστῶσα (not ἑστυῖα; but συνεστηκυιῶν prob. in Hp.Aër.10), neut.

    ἑστός Pl.Ti. 40b

    , Tht. 183e, SIG 1234 ([place name] Lycia), etc., ([etym.] καθ-) POxy.68.32 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] ἐν-) PRyl. 98 (a).10 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] παρ-) Ar.Eq. 564 (- ώς freq. v.l. as in Pl. and Ar. ll.cc., preferred by Choerob.in Theod.2.313); gen. ἑστῶτος; [dialect] Ion. ἑστεώς, ἑστεός, ῶτος; [dialect] Ep.

    ἑστηώς Hes.Th. 747

    ; dat. pl. ἑστηῶσι cj. in Antim.16.5, cf. Call.Dian. 134; Hom. does not use the nom., but has gen. ἑστᾰότος, acc. ἑστᾰότα, nom. pl. ἑστᾰότες, as if from ἑσταώς: so also [tense] plpf. ἑστάτην, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἕστᾰσαν: late [tense] pres. ἑστήκω, formed from [tense] pf., Posidipp. ap. Ath.10.412e: hence, [tense] fut.

    ἑστήξω Hom. Epigr.15.14

    , X.Cyr.6.2.17, Hegesipp.1.25,

    ἑστήξομαι X.Cyn.10.9

     codd.
    2 [voice] Pass., ἵσταμαι: imper.

    ἵστασο Hes.Sc. 449

    ,

    ἵστω S.Ph. 893

    , Ar.Ec. 737: [tense] impf. ἱστάμην: [tense] fut.

    στᾰθήσομαι And.3.34

    , Aeschin. 3.103: more freq.

    στήσομαι Il.20.90

    , etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐστάθην Od.17.463

    , etc.; rarely ἔστην, [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg.

    ἔσστα SIG56.43

     (Argos, v B.C.): [tense] pf. ἕσταμαι ([etym.] δι-) v.l. in Pl.Ti. 81d, κατεστέαται v.l. in Hdt.1.196. (From I.-E. sthā-, cf. Skt. sthā- ([tense] aor. á-sthā-t), Lat. stare, etc.; Gr. redupl. [tense] pres. and [tense] pf. fr. si-sthā-, se-sthā-.)
    A Causal, make to stand, set up,

    πελέκεας ἑξείης Od.19.574

    ; ἔγχος μέν ῥ' ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα he set it against the pillar, 1.127, cf. Il. 15.126; ἱ. ἱστόν set up the loom, or raise the mast (v.

    ἱστός 1

     and 11); κρητῆρας στήσασθαι to have bowls set up, Od.2.431; θεοῖς.. κρητῆρα στήσασθαι in honour of the gods, Il.6.528; στῆσαί τινα ὀρθόν, στ. ὀρθὰν καρδίαν, Pi.P.3.53,96;

    ὀρθῷ στ. ἐπὶ σφυρῷ Id.I.7(6).13

    ;

    ἐς ὀρθὸν ἱ. τινά E.Supp. 1230

    ;

    ὁ Ξανθίας τὸν φαλλὸν ὀρθὸν στησάτω Ar.Ach. 243

    ;

    ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν S.El.27

    ; στῆσαι λόγχας, for battle, Id.Ant. 145(lyr.); esp. raise buildings, statues, trophies, etc.,

    ἱ. ἀνδριάντα Hdt.2.110

    ;

    τροπαῖα S.Tr. 1102

    ;

    τροπαῖον ἱ. τῶν πολεμίων Isoc.4.150

    , cf.IG22.1457.26;

    τροπαῖον στησάμενοι X.HG2.4.7

    ;

    τροπαῖον ἂν στήσαιτο τῶν ταύτης τρόπων Ar.Pl. 453

    ;

    τὰ μακρὰ στῆσαι τείχη Th.1.69

    ; ἱ. τινὰ χαλκοῦν set him up in brass, raise a brazen statue to him, D.13.21, 19.261 (so in [tense] pf., stand,

    οὗτος ἕστηκε λίθινος Hdt.2.141

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    σφυρήλατος ἐν Ὀλυμπία στάθητι Pl.Phdr. 236b

    ;

    σταθῆναι χαλκοῦς Arist.Rh. 1410a33

    ).
    III bring to a standstill, stay, check,

    λαὸν δὲ στῆσον Il.6.433

    ; νέας, ἵππους, ἡμιόνους στῆσαι, Od.3.182, Il.5.755, 24.350; μύλην στῆσαι to stop the mill, Od.20.111; στῆσεν ἄρ' (sc. ἡμιόνους) 7.4; στῆσε δ' ἐν Ἀμνισῷ (sc. νῆα) 19.188;

    βᾶριν Iamb.Myst.6.5

    ; στῆσαι τὴν φάλαγγα halt it, X.Cyr.7.1.5;

    ἵστησι ῥοῦν Pl.Cra. 437b

    , etc.; ἵ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ib. 437a; στ. τὰ ὄμματα fix them, of a dying man, Id.Phd. 118; στ. τὸ πρόσωπον compose the countenance, X.Cyr.1.3.9;

    στήσαντες ἐπὶ τούτων τὴν διήγησιν Plb. 3.2.6

    : esp. in Medic.,

    ἵ. κοιλίαν Dsc.1.20

    ; τὰς κοιλίας Philotim. ap. Orib.4.10.1;

    αἱμορραγίας Dsc.1.129

    : abs., Arist.HA 605a29:—[voice] Med.,

    ἱστάμενος τῷ νοσήματι Hp.Ep.19

     ( Hermes 53.65).
    2 set on foot, stir up,

    κονίης.. ἱστᾶσιν ὀμίχλην Il.13.336

    ;

    ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα 21.313

    ;

    νεφέλην ἔστησε Κρονίων Od.12.405

    , cf. Il.5.523; of battle, etc., φυλόπιδα στήσειν stir up strife, Od.11.314;

    ἔριν στήσαντες 16.292

     (so intr. φύλοπις ἕστηκε the fray is on foot, Il.18.172):—also in [voice] Med., στησάμενοι δ' ἐμάχοντο ib. 533, Od.9.54;

    πολέμους ἵστασθαι Hdt.7.9

    .β', 175, 236; so

    ἱστάναι βοήν A.Ch. 885

    ;

    κραυγήν E.Or. 1529

     ([voice] Pass., θόρυβος ἵσταται βοῆς arises, S.Ph. 1263); also of passions and states of mind, μῆνιν, ἐλπίδα στῆσαι, Id.OT 699, E.IA 788(lyr.).
    3 set up, appoint,

    τινὰ βασιλέα Hdt.1.97

    ;

    τύραννον S.OT 940

    , cf. OC 1041, Ant. 666:—[voice] Med.,

    ἐστάσαντο τύραννον Alc.37

    A;

    φύλακας στησόμεθα Pl.R. 484d

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ὁ ὑπὸ Δαρείου σταθεὶς ὕπαρχος Hdt.7.105

    , cf. IG 9(1).32.23 (Stiris, ii B.C.).
    4 establish, institute, χορούς, παννυχίδα, Hdt.3.48, 4.76 (so

    στήσασθαι ἤθεά τε καὶ νόμους Id.2.35

    ;

    ἀγῶνα h.Ap. 150

    ); στῆσαι χορόν, Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἑορτάν, Pi.P.9.114, O.2.3, 10(11).58;

    κτερίσματα S.El. 433

    ;

    χορούς B.10.112

    , D.21.51; οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἱστάμενος λόγον setting up a bad argument, Anon.Lond.26.34:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἀγορὴ ἵσταταί τινι Hdt.6.58

    .
    5 = Lat. statuere, determine,

    γνῶναι καὶ στῆσαι D.H.8.68

    ;

    διαγεινώσκειν καὶ ἱστάναι Not. Arch.4.21

     (Aug.):—[voice] Pass.,

    τὰ ὑπό τινος σταθέντα OGI665.27

     (Egypt, i A.D.); τὰ ἑσταμένα Wilcken Chr.167.27 (ii B.C.).
    6 fix by agreement,

    ὁ σταθεὶς τόκος PGrenf.1.31.1

     (i B.C.), cf. PFlor.14.11 (iv A.D.);

    τὸ ἑσταμένον ἐνοίκιον BGU253.15

     (iii A.D.).
    7 bring about, cause,

    ἀμπνοάν Pi.P.4.199

    ; στῆσαι δύσκηλον χθόνα make its case desperate, A.Eu. 825.
    IV place in the balance, weigh, Il.19.247, 22.350, 24.232, Ar.V.40; [ ἐκπώματα] Thphr.Char.18.7;

    ἀριθμοῦντες καὶ μετροῦντες καὶ ἱστάντες X.Cyr.8.2.21

    , etc.; ἱστάναι τι πρὸς ἀργύριον weigh a thing against silver, Hdt.2.65; ἀγαθὸς ἱστάναι good at weighing, Pl.Prt. 356b; τὸ ἐγγὺς καὶ τὸ πόρρω στήσας ἐν τῷ ζυγῷ ibid., cf. Lys.10.18; ἐπὶ τὸ ἱστάναι ἐλθεῖν have recourse to the scales, Pl.Euthphr.7c:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἵστασθαι ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ Arr.Epict.1.29.15

    ;

    σταθείς

     weighed,

    IG11(2).161

    B113 (Delos, iii B.C.).
    2 weigh out, pay, LXX 3 Ki.21.39, cf. Za.11.12, Ev.Matt.26.15.
    B [voice] Pass. and intr. tenses of [voice] Act., to be set or placed, stand, Hom. etc., ἀγχοῦ, ἆσσον, Il.2.172, 23.97;

    ἄντα τινός 17.30

    ;

    ἐς μέσσον Od.17.447

    ;

    σταθεὶς ἐς μέσον Hdt.3.130

    ; ἀντίοι ἔσταν, ἐναντίοι ἔστησαν, Il.1.535, Od.10.391: prov. of critical circumstances,

    ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς Il.10.173

    : freq. merely a stronger form of εἶναι, to be in a certain place or state,

    ἀργύρεοι σταθμοὶ ἐν χαλκέῳ ἕστασαν οὐδῷ Od.7.89

    , etc.; ἑστάτω for ἔστω, S.Aj. 1084; τὰ νῦν ἑστῶτα,= τὰ νῦν, Id.Tr. 1271 (anap.);

    ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος ἕστᾱκεν Id.Aj. 200

    (lyr.): with Adv., ξυμφορᾶς ἵν' ἕσταμεν, ἵν' ἕστ. χρείας, in what case or need we are, Id.Tr. 1145, OT 1442; ποῦ τύχης ἕστηκεν; Id.Aj. 102; later also ἀδίκως, ὀρθῶς, εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι, behave wrongly, etc., Plb.18.3.2, 33.6.3, 18.33.4.
    3 in pregnant sense,

    στῆναι ἐς.. Hdt.9.21

    ;

    στ. ἐς δίκην E.IT 962

    ;

    στ. παρά τινα Il.24.169

     (but οἱ μὴ στάντες παρὰ τὰ δεινά those who did not face the danger, D.H.9.28): c. acc. loci, τί τοῦτ' αἰθερίαν ἕστηκε πέτραν; E.Supp. 987 (lyr.);

    στῆτε τόνδε τρίβον Id.Or. 1251

    :c. acc. cogn., ποίαν μ' ἀνάστασιν δοκεῖς.. στῆναι; S.Ph. 277.
    II stand still, halt,

    ἀλλ' ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν Il.11.348

    , cf. Od.6.211, 10.97; opp. φεύγω, 6.199, etc.; stand idle, Il.4.243, al.; ἑστάναι to be stationary, opp. κινεῖσθαι, Pl.R. 436c, etc.;

    κατὰ χώρην ἑστάναι Hdt.4.97

    ; οὐ μὴν ἐνταῦθ' ἕστηκε τὸ πρᾶγμα does not rest here, D.21.102, cf. 10.36; ἐὰν ἡ κοιλία στῇ if the bowels are constipated, Arist.HA 588a8: c. part.,

    οὐ στήσεται ἀδικῶν D.10.10

    ; come to a stop, rest satisfied,

    ἄν τις ὀρθῶς ἐπιβάλῃ, ἔπειτα σταθῇ Epicur. Fr. 423

    ;

    οὐχ ἱστάμενοι Plot.3.1.2

    : impers., ἵσταται there is a stop, one comes to a stop, Arist.APr. 43a37, al.;

    οὐκ ἔστη ἐνταῦθα κακοῖς γενομένοις ἀποθανεῖν Plot.3.2.8

    ; also

    ἵστασθαι μέχρι τοῦ γένους Them.in APo. 55.8

    ,al.
    2 metaph., stand firm, X.HG5.2.23;

    τῇ διανοίᾳ Plb.21.11.3

    ; of arguments or propositions, hold good, Phld.Rh.1.83, 2.192 S.: part., ἑστηκώς fixed, stable, Arist.GA 776a35, EN 1104a4, Metaph. 1047a15;

    δεῖ τὸ κρίμα ἑστηκὸς καὶ κύριον εἶναι SIG826ii29

     (Delph., ii B.C.);

    λογισμὸς ἑστὼς καὶ νουνεχής Plb.3.105.9

    ;

    τέχναι οὐκ ἔχουσαι τὸ ἑστηκός, ἀλλὰ τὸ στοχαστικόν Phld.Rh.1.71S.

     (so Adv. ἑστηκότως, opp. στοχαστικῶς, ib.70S.), cf. Iamb.Protr.21.

    κ'; χρεία ἑστηκυῖα καὶ τεταγμένη Plb.6.25.10

    ; ἑστηκότα θεωρήματα, ἑστηκότες σκοποί, Phld.Rh.1.2S., Po.5.22; of age,

    ἑστηκυῖα ἡλικία Pl.Lg. 802c

    ; τιμαὶ ἑστηκυῖαι fixed prices, PTeb.ined.703.177.
    III to be set up or upright, stand up, rise up,

    κρημνοὶ ἕστασαν Il.12.55

    ;

    ὀρθαὶ τρίχες ἔσταν 24.359

    , cf. A.Th. 564(lyr.), Pl. Ion 535c, etc.;

    κονίη ἵστατο Il.2.151

    ;

    ἵστατο κῦμα 21.240

    ; of a horse, ἵστασθαι ὀρθός to rear, Hdt.5.111; ἵστασθαι βάθρων from the steps, S.OT 143.
    2 to be set up, erected, or built,

    στήλη, ἥ τ' ἐπὶ τύμβῳ ἑστήκῃ Il.17.435

    ;

    ἕστακε τροπαῖον A. Th. 954

    (lyr.);

    μνημεῖον Ar.Eq. 268

    , etc.; v. supr. A.11.
    3 generally, arise, begin,

    ἵστατο νεῖκος Il.13.333

    ; cf. A. 111.2.
    4 in marking Time, ἔαρος νέον ἱσταμένοιο when spring is not long begun, Od.19.519; ἕβδομος ἑστήκει μείς the seventh month was begun, Il. 19.117; τοῦ μὲν φθίνοντος μηνός, τοῦ δ' ἱσταμένοιο as one month ends and the next begins, Od.14.162, cf. Hes.Op. 780; later μὴν ἱστάμενος, μεσῶν, φθίνων, first in Hdt.6.57, 106, cf. And.1.121, Aeschin.3.67;

    σχεδὸν ἤδη μεσημβρία ἵσταται Pl.Phdr. 242a

    .
    5 to be appointed,

    στῆναι ἐς ἀρχήν Hdt.3.80

    ; v. supr. A.111.3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἵστημι

  • 17 ὑπό

    ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά
    A

    Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14

     Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (

    ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824

    ,

    ὑ. δέ 3.217

    , 11.417, 12.149,

    ὑ. δείους 10.376

    , 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)

    λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44

    , al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and

    ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.

     ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,

    ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165

    , ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;

    ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669

    ;

    ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17

    ; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;

    ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς

     from the consequences of,

    23.86

    ; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,

    ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441

    ;

    περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53

    ; once in Hdt.,

    τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8

    ;

    αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27

     (Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.
    2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;

    ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717

    : also without the sense of motion,

    ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372

    ;

    βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14

    ;

    ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52

    ;

    κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83

    ;

    νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a

    ;

    δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342

    ; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.
    II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,

    μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436

    , cf. 4.479;

    ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428

    ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;

    τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137

    ;

    οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308

    , cf. Th.7, al.;

    πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61

    ;

    ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303

    ;

    πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042

     (anap.);

    ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77

    ;

    ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66

    ;

    ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5

    ;

    ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64

    ; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;

    ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;

    ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029

    ;

    ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34

    ;

    ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2

    ;

    Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d

    ; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.
    2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,

    χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153

    , cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;

    πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5

    ; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;

    οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78

    , cf. Ar.V. 1084.
    3 freq. of things as well as persons,

    ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77

    ;

    κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8

     (Epid., iii B.C.);

    χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b

    ;

    ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);

    κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4

    : of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,

    ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371

    ; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;

    μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153

    ;

    χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376

    ;

    ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85

    , cf. Th.6.33;

    οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66

    ;

    ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183

    ;

    ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083

    ;

    ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073

    : hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;

    ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22

    , cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).
    4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,

    νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276

    , cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;

    ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220

    .
    5 of accompanying music, to give the time,

    κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281

    , cf. 278;

    ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123

    , cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;

    πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001

    : generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);

    καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554

     (anap.);

    ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299

    ;

    εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970

    ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.
    6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).
    7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.
    8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.
    B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,

    ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784

    , al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;

    Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11

    , cf. 373.118, al.;

    ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105

    ; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;

    πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533

    ;

    ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27

    ;

    ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);

    στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33

     (Samos, iv B.C.);

    ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11

    ;

    χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5

    ,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;

    εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6

     codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);

    ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a

    .4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;

    τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.

     ap. eund.12.25.7;

    οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;

    ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero

     *Deff.135.12;

    ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102

    .
    2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;

    ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478

    , cf. Il.24.782;

    ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644

    .
    3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;

    ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352

    ;

    ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653

    , etc.;

    ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180

    ;

    ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489

    ;

    πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164

     (lyr.);

    ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490

    .
    4 behind,

    ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1

    ; under the cover or protection of,

    ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8

    , 4.12.10, 16.6.1.
    II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,

    ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637

    ;

    ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82

    ;

    βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171

    ;

    ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215

    ;

    ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384

    ; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;

    ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8

     ([place name] Crete);

    ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5

    , cf. 12,31,52.
    2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,

    δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305

    , cf. Il.9.156;

    ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68

    ; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;

    τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44

    : in pregnant sense,

    ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11

    , cf. Th.7.64;

    ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157

    ;

    κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4

    ;

    τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2

    .
    3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,

    αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c

    ;

    τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b

    ;

    ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d

    .
    4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;

    ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e

    : generally, of attendant circumstances,

    ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402

    ; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;

    λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17

    ;

    αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79

    ;

    ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14

    ;

    ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41

    ; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;

    ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d

    .— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,

    στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73

     (Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);

    λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26

    , cf. Man.2.131.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;

    ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383

    ; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;

    νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51

    , cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;

    πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271

    ;

    ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2

    ; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;

    ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181

    ;

    παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11

    ;

    ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7

    , cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;

    ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536

     B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);

    πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32

    , cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.
    2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,

    Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603

    , cf. 824, etc.;

    ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76

    ; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;

    τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162

     (ii B.C.);

    ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13

     (loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;

    ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181

    ;

    τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10

    , cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;

    οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38

    , cf. 16.21, al.;

    ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14

    , al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);

    τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17

    ;

    ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114

    , cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also

    ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371

    ;

    Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26

    ;

    ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278

    ;

    τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120

     (Epid., iv B.C.);

    οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13

     (iii B.C.);

    ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2

     (iii B.C.);

    κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7

    , cf. 67, al.;

    ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10

    ;

    μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593

     A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);

    καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4

    ; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;

    εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75

     (v.

    πούς 1.6

     g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;

    ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108

    ;

    ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720

    ;

    εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8

     (cf.

    αὐγή 1

    ): of subordinate position.

    κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9

    ; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.
    b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;

    εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29

    , Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21;

    αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6

    ,al.
    II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,

    ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108

    ;

    ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60

    , cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;

    ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29

    ;

    ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340

    ;

    τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75

    , cf. 74;

    ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616

     (i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.

    ἥλιος 11.1

    );

    ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52

     (Halic., iii B.C.);

    τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3

     (iii B.C.);

    στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7

     ([place name] Rhodes);

    μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7

    , cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;

    τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75

     ([place name] Rhodes).
    III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,

    ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51

    , cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;

    τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10

    : rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;

    ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60

    ; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;

    ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4

     ([place name] Thasos).
    2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;

    ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4

    , 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;

    ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26

    ;

    ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27

    , cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;

    ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21

    , Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;

    ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215

    ; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)

    ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60

     (Corc., ii/i B.C.);

    ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14

    , Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;

    ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17

    .
    IV of accompaniment,

    ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a

    ;

    ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3

     codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.

    κῆρυξ 1.3

    ).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.
    2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.);

    ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6

    , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.
    D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.
    E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.
    2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.
    II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,

    φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17

    .
    F IN COMPOSITION:
    I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.
    2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.
    3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.
    II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi,

    ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d

    , cf. Grg. 493c;

    ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290

     (lyr.)).
    III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 18 καί

    καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.
    ① marker of connections, and
    ⓐ single words
    α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).
    β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.
    γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.
    δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).
    ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.
    ⓑ clauses and sentences
    α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).
    β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.
    γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.
    δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.
    ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.
    ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).
    η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.
    θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).
    ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.
    ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.
    ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.
    ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.
    ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.
    ② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.
    ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).
    ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.
    ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).
    ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.
    ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.
    ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.
    ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.
    α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.
    β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).
    ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.
    ⓘ with other particles
    α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.
    β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.
    γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).
    δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί

  • 19 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

     (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

     (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

     (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

     correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

     ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

     (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

     close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

     in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

     beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

     ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

     (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

     Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

     codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

     (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

     ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

     (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

     codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

     ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

     in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

     D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

     (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

     s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

     in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

     wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

     therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

     (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

     (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

     (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

     (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

     ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

     (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

     (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

     (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

     according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

     (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

     (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

     (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

     by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 20 εὑρίσκω

    εὑρίσκω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) impf. εὕρισκον (also ηὕρισκον Ex 15:22; Da 6:5 LXX; Mel., P. [consistently]); fut. εὑρήσω; 2 aor. εὗρον, and mixed forms 1 pl. εὕραμεν (BGU 1095, 10 [57 A.D.]; Sb 6222, 12 [III A.D.]) Lk 23:2, 3 pl. εὕροσαν LXX,-ωσαν GJs 24:3 (s. deStrycker p. 247), εὕρησαν 10:1 (s. deStrycker p. 245); pf. εὕρηκα. Mid. 2 aor. εὑράμην Hb 9:12 (B-D-F §81, 3; s. Mlt-H. 208). Pass.: pres. εὑρίσκομαι; impf. 3 sg. ηὑρίσκετο; 1 fut. εὑρεθήσομαι (W-S. §15 s.v.); 1 aor. εὑρέθην (also ηὑ-LXX); perf. εὕρημαι LXX.
    ① to come upon someth. either through purposeful search or accidentally, find
    ⓐ after seeking, find, discover, come upon, abs. (opp. ζητεῖν, Pla., Gorg. 59 p. 503d; Epict. 4, 1, 51 ζήτει καὶ εὑρήσεις; PTebt 278, 30 [I A.D.] ζήτῶι καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκωι) Mt 7:7f; Lk 11:9f; Ox 654 (=ASyn. 247, 20) preface 5 (restored Fitzmyer); GHb 70, 17; τινὰ ζητεῖν κ. εὑ. (3 Km 1:3) 2 Ti 1:17. τινὰ or τὶ ζητεῖν κ. οὐχ εὑ. (PGiss 21, 5; Sextus 28; 4 Km 2:17; 2 Esdr 17:64; Ps 9:36; Pr 1:28; SSol 5:6; Ezk 22:30; TestJob 40:7 ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὴν καὶ μὴ εὑρών) Mt 12:43; 26:60; Mk 14:55; Lk 11:24; 13:6f; J 7:34, 36; Rv 9:6. εὑ. τινά Mk 1:37; Lk 2:45; 2 Cor 2:13. τὶ Mt 7:14; 13:46; 18:13; Lk 24:3. νομήν pasture J 10:9 (cp. La 1:6); Ac 7:11; σπήλαιον GJs 18:1; τὸ πτῶμα 24:3. The obj. acc. can be supplied fr. the context Mt 2:8; Ac 11:26; GJs 21:2 (not pap). W. the place given ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 5:22. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:25. Pass. w. neg. εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος if anyone(’s name) was not found written in the book of life Rv 20:15 (cp. PHib 48, 6 [255 B.C.] οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκω ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις; 2 Esdr 18:14). The pass. w. neg. can also mean: no longer to be found, despite a thorough search= disappear (PRein 11, 11 [III B.C.]) of Enoch οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο Hb 11:5 (Gen 5:24). ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν Rv 16:20; cp. 18:21. The addition of the neg., which is actually found in the Sahidic version, would clear up the best-attested and difficult rdg. of 2 Pt 3:10 καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται; other proposals in Nestle. See also Danker 2 below.
    ⓑ accidentally, without seeking find, come upon τινά someone (PGen 54, 31 εὑρήκαμεν τὸν πραιπόσιτον; Gen 4:14f; 18:28ff; 1 Km 10:2; 3 Km 19:19; Sir 12:17; TestSol 18:21; Just., A II, 11, 3) Mt 18:28; 27:32; J 1:41a (Diog. L. 1, 109 τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὑρών=he came upon his brother), 43, 45; 5:14; 9:35; Ac 13:6; 18:2; 19:1; 28:14. Foll. by ἐν w. dat. to designate the place (3 Km 11:29; 2 Ch 21:17; 1 Macc 2:46; Herodian 3, 8, 6) Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9; J 2:14; τὶ someth. (Gen 11:2; 26:19; Judg 15:15; 4 Km 4:39 al.; Just., D. 86, 5) Mt 13:44 (Biogr. p. 324 εὑρὼν θησαυρόν); 17:27; Lk 4:17; J 12:14 (Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I 222, 38] εὑρόντες ὄνους δύο ἐπέβησαν); Ac 17:23. Pass. be found, find oneself, be (Dt 20:11; 4 Km 14:14; 1 Esdr 1:19; 8:13; Bar 1:7; TestSol 7:6; GrBar 4:11) Φ. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον Philip found himself or was present at Azotus Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; also s. 4 Km 2), on the other hand, a Semitic phrase … אֱשְׁתַּכַּח בְּ=to arrive in, or at, may underlie the expr. here and in εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τ. βασιλείαν Hs 9, 13, 2 (s. MBlack, Aramaic Studies and the NT, JTS 49, ’48, 164). οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ there was no longer any place for them in heaven Rv 12:8 (s. Da 2:35 Theod.); cp. 18:22, 24. οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τ. στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 16:10 (both Is 53:9); cp. Rv 14:5 (cp. Zeph 3:13). ἵνα εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) that I might be found in Christ Phil 3:9 (JMoffatt, ET 24, 1913, 46).
    ⓒ w. acc. and ptc. or adj., denoting the state of being or the action in which someone or someth. is or is involved (B-D-F §416, 2; s. Rob. 1120f) discover
    α. w. ptc. (Thu. 2, 6, 3; Demosth. 19, 332; Epict. 4, 1, 27; PTebt 330, 5 [II A.D.] παραγενομένου εἰς τ. κώμην εὗρον τ. οἰκίαν μου σεσυλημένην; Num 15:32; Tob 7:1 S; 8:13; Da 6:14; 6:12 Theod.; TestSol 1:5 D; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 25 [Stone p. 12], B 2 p. 109, 15 [Stone p. 60]; TestJob 37:8; ParJer 7:29 al.; Jos., Bell. 6, 136 τ. φύλακας εὗρον κοιμωμένους; Ath. 33, 1) εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα he finds it unoccupied (that gives the condition for his return: HNyberg, ConNeot 2, ’36, 22–35) Mt 12:44. εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας he found others standing there 20:6 (cp. Jdth 10:6); cp. 21:2; 24:46; 26:40, 43; Mk 11:2; 13:36; 14:37, 40; Lk 2:12; 7:10; 8:35; 11:25; 12:37, 43; 19:30; Ac 5:23; 9:2; 10:27; 27:6; 2 Cl 6:9; ITr 2:2 and oft. εὗρεν αὐτὴν ὀγκωμένην GJs 13:1a; 15:2; εὗρον τὸ αἷμα (πτῶμα pap) αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον 24:3; εὗρον αὐτὸν ἔτι ζῶντα AcPl Ha 10, 12; εὑρήσετε δύο ἄνδρας προσευχομένους ibid. 19. W. ellipsis of the ptc. εὑρέθη μόνος (sc. ὤν) Lk 9:36. ὁ ὄφις … εὗρεν τὴν Εὔαν μόνην GJs 13:1b; οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον (ὄν) Lk 23:4; cp. vs. 22.
    β. w. adj. (TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 24 [Stone p. 30] εὗρεν αὐτῆς ζυγίας τὰς ἁμαρτίας; ApcMos 16) εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν Ac 5:10 (TestJob 40:11). εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 2 Cor 9:4.
    γ. elliptically w. a whole clause οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς I may find you not as I want (to find you) 2 Cor 12:20. Several times w. καθώς foll.: εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς they found it just as he had told them Mk 14:16; Lk 19:32; GJs 15:2; cp. Lk 22:13. ἵνα … εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς that they may be found (leading the same kind of life) as we 2 Cor 11:12.
    ② to discover intellectually through reflection, observation, examination, or investigation, find, discover, transf. sense of 1 (X., Hell. 7, 4, 2; M. Ant. 7, 1; Wsd 3:5; Da 1:20 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 10, 196; Just., A I, 31, 7 al.; Ath. 17, 2 ‘create’ an artistic work) τὶ someth.: I find it to be the rule Ro 7:21. ὧδε εὑ. ἐντολήν here I find a commandment B 9:5. τινά w. ptc. foll. find someone doing someth. (Anonymi Vi. Platonis p. 7, 18 Westerm.) Lk 23:2; Ac 23:29. Likew. τὶ w. ptc. foll. Rv 3:2. τινά w. adj. foll. 2:2. W. ὅτι foll. B 16:7. (TestSol 22:11). Of the result of a judicial investigation εὑ. αἰτίαν θανάτου find a cause for putting to death Ac 13:28. εὑ. αἰτίαν, κακόν, ἀδίκημα ἔν τινι J 18:38; 19:4, 6; Ac 23:9. εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα let them say what wrong-doing they have discovered 24:20. ποιεῖτε ἵνα εὑρεθῆτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως act in order that you may pass muster in the day of judgment B 21:6. Cp. 2 Pt 3:10 w. an emendation of καὶ γῇ κατὰ τὰ (for καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ) ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (cp. PsSol 17:8) and the earth will be judged according to the deeds done on it (FDanker, ZNW 53, ’62, 82–86).—W. acc. of a price or measure calculated εὗρον they found Ac 19:19; 27:28. W. indir. quest. foll. Lk 5:19 which, by the use of the article, can become an object acc.: εὑ. τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 19:48. τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς Ac 4:21. W. inf. foll. ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ in order to find a charge against him Lk 6:7; 11:54 D (but there is no accusative with εὕρωσιν; cp. PParis 45, 7 [153 B.C.] προσέχων μὴ εὕρῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ ἰπῖν=εἰπεῖν. For this reason it is perhaps better to conclude that εὑρίσκω with inf.=be able: Astrampsychus p. 5 ln. 14 εἰ εὑρήσω δανείσασθαι ἄρτι=whether I will be able to borrow money now; p. 6 ln. 72; p. 42 Dec. 87, 1. Then the transl. would be: so that they might be able to bring an accusation against him). Of seeking and finding God (Is 55:6; Wsd 13:6, 9; cp. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 36, Leg. All. 3, 47) Ac 17:27. Pass. εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν I have let myself be found by those who did not seek me Ro 10:20 (Is 65:1).—As נִמְצָא be found, appear, prove, be shown (to be) (Cass. Dio 36, 27, 6; SIG 736, 51; 1109, 73; 972, 65; POxy 743, 25 [2 B.C.]; ParJer 4:5; Jos., Bell. 3, 114; Just., A I, 4, 2; Tat. 41:3; Mel., P. 82, 603; Ath. 24, 4) εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα it was found that she was to become a mother Mt 1:18. εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ εἰς θάνατον (sc. οὖσα) the commandment proved to be a cause for death to me Ro 7:10. οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες; were there not found to return? Lk 17:18; cp. Ac 5:39; 1 Cor 4:2 (cp. Sir 44:20); 15:15; 2 Cor 5:3; Gal 2:17; 1 Pt 1:7; Rv 5:4; 1 Cl 9:3; 10:1; B 4:14; Hm 3:5 and oft. ἄσπιλοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι be found unstained in his judgment 2 Pt 3:14. σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος when he appeared in human form Phil 2:7. εὑρεθήσομαι μαχόμνενος τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου … εὑρεθήσομαι παραδιδοὺς ἀθῶον αἷμα GJs 14:1.
    ③ to attain a state or condition, find (for oneself), obtain. The mid. is used in this sense in Attic wr. (B-D-F §310, 1; Rob. 814; Phryn. p. 140 Lob.); in our lit. it occurs in this sense only Hb 9:12. As a rule our lit. uses the act. in such cases (poets; Lucian, Lexiph. 18; LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 41) τὴν ψυχήν Mt 10:39; 16:25. ἀνάπαυσιν (Sir 11:19; 22:13; 28:16; 33:26; ἄνεσιν ApcEsdr 5:10) ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν rest for your souls 11:29. μετανοίας τόπον have an opportunity to repent or for changing the (father’s) mind Hb 12:17. σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ maintain a dwelling for the God of Jacob Ac 7:46b (Ps 131:5). χάριν obtain grace (SSol 8:10 v.l.) Hb 4:16. χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ obtain favor with God Lk 1:30; also ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 7:46a; GJs 11:2 (LXX as a rule ἐναντίον w. gen.; JosAs 15:14 ἐνώπιόν σου). ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου obtain mercy from the Lord 2 Ti 1:18 (cp. Gen 19:19; Da 3:38).—The restoration [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν Ox 1081, 26 is not valid; on basis of the Coptic SJCh 90, 2 read w. Till p. 220 app.: [ταῦτα γιγν]ῴσκομεν.—B. 765; RAC VI, 985–1052. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὑρίσκω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • rest — rest2 [rest] n. [ME < MFr reste < OFr rester, to rest, remain < L restare, to stop, stand, rest, remain < re , back + stare, to STAND] 1. what is left after part is taken away; remainder 2. [with pl. v.] the others: Used with the vi.… …   English World dictionary

  • Rest — Rest, v. t. 1. To lay or place at rest; to quiet. [1913 Webster] Your piety has paid All needful rites, to rest my wandering shade. Dryden. [1913 Webster] 2. To place, as on a support; to cause to lean. [1913 Webster] Her weary head upon your… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • rest-harrow — ground ground (ground), n. [OE. ground, grund, AS. grund; akin to D. grond, OS., G., Sw., & Dan. grund, Icel. grunnr bottom, Goth. grundus (in composition); perh. orig. meaning, dust, gravel, and if so perh. akin to E. grind.] 1. The surface of… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • rest — I. noun Etymology: Middle English, from Old English; akin to Old High German rasta rest and perhaps to Old High German ruowa calm Date: before 12th century 1. repose, sleep; specifically a bodily state characterized by minimal functional and… …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • Cause and Effect (Maria Mena album) — Infobox Album | Name = Cause And Effect Type = studio Artist = Maria Mena Released = September 15, 2008 Genre = Pop Length = 38:20 Label = Sony Music, Columbia Records Europe Last album = Apparently Unaffected (2005/2006) This album = Cause And… …   Wikipedia

  • Vocal rest — is the process of resting the vocal folds by not speaking or singing, which typically follows vocal disorders or viral infections which cause hoarseness in the voice, such as the common cold or influenza. The purpose of vocal rest is to hasten… …   Wikipedia

  • No Rest for the Wicked (Supernatural) — No Rest for the Wicked Supernatural episode Dean Winchester is sent to Hell in the final moments of the episode. Series …   Wikipedia

  • Improbable Cause — ST episode series = Deep Space Nine name = Improbable Cause Enabran Tain ep num = 66 prod num = 465 date = April 24, 1995 writer = Robert Lederman David R. Long Rene Echevarria director = Avery Brooks guest = Andrew J. Robinson as Garak Paul… …   Wikipedia

  • To set the heart at rest — Heart Heart (h[aum]rt), n. [OE. harte, herte, heorte, AS. heorte; akin to OS. herta, OFies. hirte, D. hart, OHG. herza, G. herz, Icel. hjarta, Sw. hjerta, Goth. ha[ i]rt[=o], Lith. szirdis, Russ. serdtse, Ir. cridhe, L. cor, Gr. kardi a, kh^r.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Baker's cyst — Infobox Disease Name = Baker s cyst ICD10 = ICD10|M|71|2|m|70 ICD9 = ICD9|727.51 ICDO = Caption = OMIM = OMIM mult = MedlinePlus = 001222 eMedicineSubj = radio eMedicineTopic = 72 DiseasesDB = 1224 A Baker s cyst, otherwise known as a popliteal… …   Wikipedia

  • William H. Milliken, Jr. — William H. Milliken, Jr. (b. August 19 1897, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania –d. July 4 1969) was a Republican member of the U.S. House of Representatives from Pennsylvania.Milliken graduated from Drexel Institute in Philadelphia. After graduating he… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»